{"title":"All Products","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"aluminium-tub-canopy-for-ford-ranger-2015","title":"Aluminium Tub Canopy For Ford Ranger (MY15-MY22)","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"625\" data-end=\"707\"\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger MY15–MY22 tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"709\" data-end=\"988\"\u003eWhether you are a Melbourne tradie looking for secure tool storage, a camper preparing for a weekend away, or a Ford Ranger owner wanting more practical and protected tub storage, this canopy provides security, weather-resistant coverage and a tough, vehicle-specific appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"990\" data-end=\"1216\"\u003eUnlike a generic universal canopy, this product is designed to suit the Ford Ranger MY15–MY22 tub configuration. Its vehicle-specific fitment helps provide a cleaner installation without unnecessary modifications or guesswork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger MY15–MY22 Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"odet1j\" data-start=\"1279\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003e1. Strong 3mm Aluminium Construction\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1321\" data-end=\"1415\"\u003eThe canopy is constructed from durable 3mm aluminium with internal bracing for added strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1417\" data-end=\"1686\"\u003eAluminium provides excellent corrosion resistance while remaining lighter than an equivalent steel structure. The textured black powder-coated finish adds surface protection and gives the canopy a clean, practical appearance suitable for work, touring and everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"x3k41q\" data-start=\"1688\" data-end=\"1727\"\u003e2. Weather-Resistant Tub Protection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1729\" data-end=\"1880\"\u003eThe canopy uses weather-resistant seals to help protect tools, luggage, camping equipment and other cargo from everyday rain, dust and road conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1882\" data-end=\"2124\"\u003eLike most ute canopies, it should not be treated as completely waterproof in extreme weather, high-pressure washing or deep-water crossings. Correct installation, sealing and regular maintenance are important for the best possible protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"f1weab\" data-start=\"2126\" data-end=\"2163\"\u003e3. Solid Sides or Lift-Up Windows\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2165\" data-end=\"2235\"\u003eChoose the configuration that best suits how you use your Ford Ranger:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"2237\" data-end=\"2397\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1y5zdg9\" data-start=\"2237\" data-end=\"2319\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"2239\" data-end=\"2255\"\u003eSolid Sides:\u003c\/strong\u003e Improved privacy and security for tools and valuable equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"xt8xom\" data-start=\"2320\" data-end=\"2397\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong data-start=\"2322\" data-end=\"2342\"\u003eLift-Up Windows:\u003c\/strong\u003e Easier side access to equipment stored inside the tub.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2399\" data-end=\"2522\"\u003eAvailable options depend on the selected product variant. Please confirm the chosen side type before completing your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"8e9k65\" data-start=\"2524\" data-end=\"2569\"\u003e4. Ford Ranger MY15–MY22-Specific Fitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2571\" data-end=\"2647\"\u003eThis canopy is designed to suit the Ford Ranger MY15–MY22 tub configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2649\" data-end=\"2865\"\u003eVehicle specifications can vary depending on the exact model year, body style, tub liner and existing accessories. Please provide your vehicle details before ordering so the NotJust4X4 team can confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"1resiaq\" data-start=\"2867\" data-end=\"2896\"\u003e5. Integrated Roof Tracks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2898\" data-end=\"3022\"\u003eIntegrated roof tracks allow compatible roof racks, platforms, awnings and other accessories to be mounted above the canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3024\" data-end=\"3154\"\u003eThe listed dynamic roof load rating is 80kg when the load is correctly distributed and installed using a suitable mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3156\" data-end=\"3319\"\u003eAlways consider the combined weight of the rack, platform and cargo. Confirm accessory compatibility and applicable vehicle load limits before installation or use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications – Ford Ranger MY15–MY22\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable cellspacing=\"0\" cellpadding=\"8\" border=\"1\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger MY15–MY22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3mm aluminium with internal bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTextured black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid sides or lift-up windows, depending on selected variant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80kg dynamic, evenly distributed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-resistant seals and dust-resistant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVehicle-specific bolt-on installation; no drilling required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping From\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMelbourne, Victoria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork, camping, touring and everyday cargo storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"4fchll\" data-start=\"4012\" data-end=\"4055\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eOption 1: Arrange Your Own Installation\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4057\" data-end=\"4155\"\u003eThe canopy uses a vehicle-specific bolt-on mounting system and is listed as requiring no drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4157\" data-end=\"4429\"\u003eInstallation should be completed by someone with appropriate automotive accessory installation experience. Before beginning, confirm the correct mounting position and check compatibility with the vehicle’s tub liner, sports bar, roller cover or other existing accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4431\" data-end=\"4531\"\u003eCorrect alignment, mounting and sealing are important for safe use and effective weather protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"1l8f5ru\" data-start=\"4533\" data-end=\"4586\"\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4588\" data-end=\"4673\"\u003eProfessional installation is available through NotJust4X4 in Notting Hill, Melbourne.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4675\" data-end=\"4714\"\u003eProfessional fitment helps ensure that:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"4716\" data-end=\"4974\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"15gsotf\" data-start=\"4716\" data-end=\"4770\"\u003eThe canopy is correctly aligned and securely mounted\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ir34gz\" data-start=\"4771\" data-end=\"4815\"\u003eDoors or lift-up windows operate correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"wbfo69\" data-start=\"4816\" data-end=\"4866\"\u003eWeather-resistant seals are positioned correctly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"z6dxc8\" data-start=\"4867\" data-end=\"4912\"\u003eRoof tracks and mounting points are checked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"lrdl8c\" data-start=\"4913\" data-end=\"4974\"\u003eAny compatibility issues are identified before installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4976\" data-end=\"5100\"\u003eCustomers outside Melbourne can arrange Australia-wide shipping and use an experienced local automotive accessory installer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5102\" data-end=\"5187\"\u003eContact the NotJust4X4 team for current installation availability and fitment advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"zyvayz\" data-start=\"5225\" data-end=\"5278\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eQ: Which Ford Ranger models does this canopy fit?\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\n\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5280\" data-end=\"5493\"\u003eA: This product is designed for the Ford Ranger MY15–MY22. Because specifications can vary across model years and vehicle configurations, please provide your exact model year and photos of the tub before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"112h3vm\" data-start=\"5495\" data-end=\"5546\"\u003eQ: Can I choose solid sides or lift-up windows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5548\" data-end=\"5653\"\u003eA: Yes. This product is available with solid sides or lift-up windows, depending on the selected variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5655\" data-end=\"5776\"\u003eSolid sides provide increased privacy and security, while lift-up windows provide easier side access to stored equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"19evz1f\" data-start=\"5778\" data-end=\"5844\"\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent or roof platform above the canopy?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5846\" data-end=\"5985\"\u003eA: The canopy includes integrated roof tracks and has a listed dynamic roof load rating of 80kg when correctly installed and evenly loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"5987\" data-end=\"6188\"\u003eThe combined weight of the rack, platform, accessory and cargo must remain within the applicable canopy and vehicle limits. Contact NotJust4X4 before installing a rooftop tent or other heavy accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"nbgizu\" data-start=\"6190\" data-end=\"6222\"\u003eQ: Is the canopy waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6224\" data-end=\"6317\"\u003eA: The canopy is designed with weather-resistant seals to provide strong everyday protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6319\" data-end=\"6536\"\u003eHowever, like most ute canopies, it is not guaranteed to be completely waterproof during extreme weather, high-pressure washing or deep-water crossings. Correct installation and ongoing seal maintenance are important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"mrktpq\" data-start=\"6538\" data-end=\"6578\"\u003eQ: Does the canopy require drilling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6580\" data-end=\"6689\"\u003eA: The current product specification lists a vehicle-specific bolt-on installation with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6691\" data-end=\"6846\"\u003eInstallation requirements can still vary if the vehicle has an aftermarket tub liner or other existing accessories. Confirm your setup before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"1t2hz0v\" data-start=\"6848\" data-end=\"6892\"\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"6894\" data-end=\"7039\"\u003eA: Yes. The canopy includes a 12-month warranty, subject to the applicable warranty conditions, correct installation and appropriate product use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"143pte0\" data-start=\"7041\" data-end=\"7095\"\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7097\" data-end=\"7166\"\u003eA: The canopy is supplied with a textured black powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7168\" data-end=\"7409\"\u003ePainting may be possible, but additional preparation may be required and modifying the original finish could affect its durability or warranty coverage. Speak with NotJust4X4 and a qualified automotive paint specialist before making changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-section-id=\"w3zy9y\" data-start=\"7411\" data-end=\"7461\"\u003eQ: How do I access the tub after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7463\" data-end=\"7505\"\u003eA: Access depends on the selected variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7507\" data-end=\"7708\"\u003eThe lift-up window version provides side access, while the solid-side version prioritises privacy and security. Rear access remains available through the canopy’s rear opening and the vehicle tailgate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7737\" data-end=\"7829\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchorContainer\"\u003eUpgrade your Ford Ranger MY15–MY22 with secure, practical and weather-resistant tub storage.\u003cspan aria-hidden=\"true\" class=\"PDq2pG_selectionAnchor\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"7831\" data-end=\"8075\"\u003eWith its strong 3mm aluminium construction, textured black powder-coated finish, vehicle-specific fitment and choice of solid sides or lift-up windows, the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy is suitable for work, touring, camping and everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8077\" data-end=\"8192\"\u003eBefore ordering, confirm your vehicle year, selected side type, tub liner and any existing tub-mounted accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8194\" data-end=\"8241\"\u003eReady to order or need help confirming fitment?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"8243\" data-end=\"8320\"\u003eCall the Melbourne team on \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(43, 0, 255);\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/span\u003e or email \u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(43, 0, 255);\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"8296\" data-end=\"8319\"\u003e\u003ca data-start=\"8298\" data-end=\"8317\" class=\"decorated-link cursor-pointer\" rel=\"noopener\" style=\"color: rgb(43, 0, 255);\"\u003eInfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Solid Sides","offer_id":52729444630809,"sku":"SKU800017","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows","offer_id":52729444663577,"sku":"SKU800016","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/6e54899d4136c1529ec8b4ed8159612c.jpg?v=1764060006"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-ford-ranger-2022","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Ford Ranger Next-Gen's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's wider tub (1549mm). Confirmed compatible with XL, XLS, XLT, Sport, Wildtrak, and Raptor tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Ford Ranger Next-Gen if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568441237785,"sku":"SKU800080","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG933.jpg?v=1764052085"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ford-ranger-wildtrak-raptor-onwards","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Ford Ranger \/ Wildtrak \/ Raptor MY12-onwards","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Ford Ranger PX3's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Ford Ranger PX3's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568501235993,"sku":"SKU800003","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/2023-12-02_10.04.59.png?v=1725073989"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ford-ranger-wildtrak-onward-with-roof-rails-models","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Ford Ranger Wildtrak MY12-onward ( With Roof Rails Models )","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Ford Ranger PX3's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Ford Ranger PX3's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568529678617,"sku":"SKU800004","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/2023-12-02_10.03.35_94118ca6-2597-4d1a-84d7-bde1050f931f.png?v=1725074403"},{"product_id":"hard-lid-for-ford-ranger-2015","title":"Hard Lid For Ford Ranger T7 (MY15-MY21)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger PX3's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers security, weather protection, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality aluminium with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a multi-point rubber sealing system that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between side windows (better visibility + ventilation) or solid sides (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features integrated roof mounting tracks along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). Note: If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger PX3?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy has a rear door (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you security, weather protection, and peace of mind — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49568574472473,"sku":"SKU800062","price":1088.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_5614-1.png?v=1725074776"},{"product_id":"aluminium-tub-canopy-for-ford-ranger-next-gen","title":"Aluminium Tub Canopy For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransform your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers security, weather protection, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+). No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality aluminium with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a multi-point rubber sealing system that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between side windows (better visibility + ventilation) or solid sides (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's roof profile. Higher trims have factory roof rails; lower trims need aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features integrated roof mounting tracks along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22+) (2022, 2023, 2024, 2025, 2026)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). Note: If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Ford Ranger Next-Gen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy has a rear door (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you security, weather protection, and peace of mind — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger Next-Gen.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442135321,"sku":"SKU800025","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442168089,"sku":"SKU800024","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442200857,"sku":"SKU800023","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Solid Sides \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442233625,"sku":"SKU800022","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442266393,"sku":"SKU800021","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Solid Lift-Up \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442299161,"sku":"SKU800020","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ No Thanks","offer_id":52731442331929,"sku":"SKU800019","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Lift-Up Windows \/ Dual Lift-Out \/ Add Roof Rack (+299)","offer_id":52731442364697,"sku":"SKU800018","price":2698.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/16651746688068_.pic_hd.jpg?v=1763349229"},{"product_id":"steel-front-bumper-for-19-jeep-wrangler-jl","title":"Rubicon Front Bumper For MY19+ Jeep Wrangler JL","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:125\"\u003eEnhance your Jeep Wrangler JL's (2019-2024) off-road capability and style with the NotJust4x4 Rubicon Steel Front Bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:143\"\u003eThis rugged and stylish bumper is designed to provide maximum protection and functionality, while seamlessly integrating with your JL's design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:143\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-13:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:135\"\u003e\nRugged Construction: Crafted from forged steel with a textured black powder coat finish for exceptional strength and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:115\"\u003e\nOE Rubicon Style: Replicates the iconic Rubicon bumper design with high-quality thickness and a perfect fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:140\"\u003e\nSensor Compatibility: Available with optional cutouts for factory front parking sensors, ensuring compatibility with Overland models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:128\"\u003e\nModular Design: Removable corner pieces allow for customization and increased clearance when tackling challenging trails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-11:101\"\u003e\nIntegrated Features: Includes a fairlead cover and fog light brackets for added functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"12:1-13:0\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs seamlessly without any drilling or modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"14:1-14:25\"\u003eOptional Accessories:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"16:1-19:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:20\"\u003eRubicon front hoop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:13\"\u003eWinch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-19:0\"\u003eSkid plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"20:1-20:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"22:1-24:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"22:1-22:43\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JL (2019-2024)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"23:1-24:0\"\u003e\nMaterial: Forged steel with textured black powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"With Front Packing Sensors","offer_id":49634760130841,"sku":"SKU800107","price":1750.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without Front Packing Sensors","offer_id":49634760163609,"sku":"SKU800108","price":1750.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Enhanced-Front-Bumper-for-Jeep-Wrangler-JL-Rubicon-2018.jpg?v=1726539600"},{"product_id":"front-bumper-for-jeep-wrangler-jk","title":"Front Bumper For Jeep Wrangler JK","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:91\"\u003eEnhance your Jeep Wrangler JK (2008-2018) with the NotJust4x4 Anniversary Front Bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:139\"\u003eThis robust and versatile bumper is designed to elevate your off-road adventures, providing increased protection, functionality, and style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:139\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-11:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:132\"\u003e\nIntegrated Fog Lights: Built-in fog lights enhance visibility in challenging conditions, ensuring safer off-road exploration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:109\"\u003e\nWinch Ready: Features an integrated winch mount for convenient vehicle recovery when you need it most.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:130\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Crafted from high-quality materials for exceptional strength and resilience against off-road hazards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-11:0\"\u003e\nRugged Styling: Complements your Jeep's rugged character with a bold and functional design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"12:1-12:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"14:1-15:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"14:1-15:0\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JK (2008-2018)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"2007-2018 Jeep JK Wrangler","offer_id":49634760655129,"sku":"SKU800058","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Front-Bumper-for-Jeep-wrangler-JK.jpg?v=1726539629"},{"product_id":"front-hoop-for-jeep-wrangler-jl-gladiator-jt","title":"Front Hoop For Jeep Wrangler JL \u0026 Gladiator JT","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:117\"\u003eEnhance the rugged appeal and protection of your Jeep Wrangler JL or JT Gladiator with the NotJust4x4 Front Hoop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:162\"\u003eThis robust hoop seamlessly integrates with your Jeep's Genuine Rubicon Front Bumper, providing added protection and style without the need for any modifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:162\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-12:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:145\"\u003e\nSeamless Integration: Designed for effortless installation on the Genuine Rubicon Front Bumper with no drilling or modifications required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:95\"\u003e\nEnhanced Protection: Safeguards your grille and winch from damage on challenging trails.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:118\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Crafted from top-tier A3 carbon steel for exceptional strength, stability, and longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:136\"\u003e\nCorrosion Resistance: Finished with a black coating for resistance against rust, wear, and corrosion in harsh weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-12:0\"\u003e\nVersatile Functionality: Includes an extension bracket to support a light bar or spotlights, enhancing visibility and functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"13:1-13:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"15:1-19:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:82\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JL and JT Gladiator with Genuine Rubicon Front Bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:50\"\u003e\nMaterial: A3 carbon steel with black coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:36\"\u003e\nDimensions: 60cm x 15cm x 12cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-19:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634760818969,"sku":"SKU800059","price":330.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/image18.jpg?v=1726539594"},{"product_id":"gas-struts-for-jeep-wrangler-jl-jt","title":"Gas Struts For Jeep Wrangler JL \u0026 JT (MY19+)","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:132\"\u003eUpgrade your 2019-2024 Jeep Wrangler JL and JT Gladiator with NotJust4x4 Front Hood Lift Supports for effortless hood operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:168\"\u003eThese durable gas struts are designed to enhance your Jeep ownership experience by providing smooth and convenient hood opening, secure holding, and controlled closing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:168\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-13:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:137\"\u003e\nLong-lasting Durability: Crafted from high-quality materials for resistance to corrosion and wear, ensuring long-term performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:112\"\u003e\nSmooth Operation: Provides consistent and reliable lift support for easy hood opening and secure holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:109\"\u003e\nEnhanced Safety: Offers controlled closing to prevent accidental slams and potential damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:88\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs easily, typically without the need for special tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-13:0\"\u003e\nWide Compatibility: Fits 2019-2024 Jeep Wrangler JL and JT Gladiator models.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"14:1-14:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"16:1-18:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:34\"\u003e\nDimensions: 40cm x 6cm x 6cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-18:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Jeep Wrangler JL (2018+)","offer_id":49634760950041,"sku":"SKU800061","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Jeep Gladiator JT (2019+)","offer_id":49634760982809,"sku":"SKU800060","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_2050.jpg?v=1726539641"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-steel-winch-plate-for-jeep-wrangler-jl-jt-gladiator","title":"Heavy-Duty Steel Winch Plate For (MY19+) Jeep Wrangler JL","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:92\"\u003eEquip your Jeep with unstoppable pulling power with the NotJust4x4 Winch Mounting Plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:195\"\u003eThis heavy-duty winch plate is designed for seamless integration with your Jeep's front bumper, providing a robust and reliable platform for your winch without compromising airflow or aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:195\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-12:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:150\"\u003e\nUniversal Compatibility: Fits a wide range of popular winch models, including WARN ZEON, ZEON Platinum, VR, M8, XD9, and Mopar Rubicon winches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:159\"\u003e\nUnmatched Strength: Engineered and certified to withstand 12,000 lb pulls, ensuring reliable performance in even the most demanding recovery situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:148\"\u003e\nOptimized Design: Recessed winch placement maximizes airflow and prevents interference with the grille, maintaining your Jeep's factory look.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:108\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Built from heavy-duty 1\/4\"-thick steel for exceptional strength and resilience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-12:0\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs easily on your Jeep's front bumper without any cutting, grinding, or drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"13:1-13:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"15:1-19:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:32\"\u003e\nMaterial: 1\/4\" thick steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:36\"\u003e\nDimensions: 95cm x 30cm x 23cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:18\"\u003e\nWeight: 13kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-19:0\"\u003e\nWinch Compatibility: WARN ZEON, ZEON Platinum, VR, M8, XD9, Mopar Rubicon winches (and others)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Warn","offer_id":49634761539865,"sku":"SKU800070","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Runva","offer_id":49634761572633,"sku":"SKU800068","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon","offer_id":49634761605401,"sku":"SKU800066","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kings","offer_id":49634761638169,"sku":"SKU800067","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Smittybilt","offer_id":49634761670937,"sku":"SKU800069","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Heavy-Duty-Steel-Winch-Plate-for-2018-Jeep-Wrangler-JL-JT-Gladiator.png?v=1726539723"},{"product_id":"durable-roof-rack-system-jeep-wrangler-jl-2019","title":"Durable Roof Rack System Jeep Wrangler JL (MY19-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Jeep Wrangler JL's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Jeep Wrangler JL. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Jeep Wrangler JL Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Jeep Wrangler JL-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe JL Wrangler's freedom panels (roof panels) can be removed even with the roof platform installed — unique to the Wrangler platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Jeep Wrangler JL)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eJeep Wrangler JL (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Jeep Wrangler JL's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Jeep Wrangler JL.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634761703705,"sku":"SKU800046","price":1099.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG1020.png?v=1726539763"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-cover-for-gwm-cannon-2019","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634761769241,"sku":"SKU800082","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG752.jpg?v=1726539810"},{"product_id":"high-clearance-fender-flare-extension-for-jeep-wrangler-jl","title":"High-Clearance Fender Flare Extension For Jeep Wrangler JL (MY19+)","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:98\"\u003eEnhance your Jeep JL Wrangler's style and protection with Bushwacker Flat Style Fender Flares.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:344\"\u003eAs the industry leader in off-road vehicle exteriors, Bushwacker delivers fender flares that not only look great but also provide superior protection for your JL.\u003c!----\u003e This set of four flat-style fender flares complements upgraded wheel and tire packages while offering exceptional durability and a straightforward installation process.   \u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container ng-tns-c4233188246-285 hide\" jslog=\"220997;BardVeMetadataKey:[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,[1,null,1]]\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-container ng-tns-c4233188246-285\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-content ng-tns-c4233188246-285\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sources-carousel-source ng-tns-c4233188246-285 hide ng-star-inserted\" data-test-id=\"sources-carousel-source\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-12:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:132\"\u003e\nPerfect Fit: Designed specifically for the Jeep JL Wrangler, providing a seamless upgrade that enhances its rugged appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:141\"\u003e\nIncreased Tire Coverage: Offers additional clearance for larger tires and improved protection from mud, rocks, and debris.\u003c!----\u003e \u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container ng-tns-c4233188246-286 hide\" jslog=\"220997;BardVeMetadataKey:[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,[1,null,1]]\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-container ng-tns-c4233188246-286\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-content ng-tns-c4233188246-286\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sources-carousel-source ng-tns-c4233188246-286 hide ng-star-inserted\" data-test-id=\"sources-carousel-source\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:142\"\u003e\nImpact Absorption: Engineered to absorb impact during off-road adventures, protecting your Jeep's sheet metal from damage.\u003c!----\u003e \u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container ng-tns-c4233188246-287 hide\" jslog=\"220997;BardVeMetadataKey:[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,[1,null,1]]\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-container ng-tns-c4233188246-287\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-content ng-tns-c4233188246-287\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sources-carousel-source ng-tns-c4233188246-287 hide ng-star-inserted\" data-test-id=\"sources-carousel-source\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:149\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Made from Dura-Flex 2000 TPO with UV protection, ensuring long-lasting performance and resistance to fading.\u003c!----\u003e \u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container ng-tns-c4233188246-288 hide\" jslog=\"220997;BardVeMetadataKey:[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,[1,null,1]]\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-container ng-tns-c4233188246-288\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-content ng-tns-c4233188246-288\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sources-carousel-source ng-tns-c4233188246-288 hide ng-star-inserted\" data-test-id=\"sources-carousel-source\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-12:0\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs quickly and easily with minimal cutting and drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"13:1-13:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"15:1-19:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:31\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep JL Wrangler\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:66\"\u003e\nMaterial: Dura-Flex 2000 TPO with UV protection\u003c!----\u003e \u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"container ng-tns-c4233188246-289 hide\" jslog=\"220997;BardVeMetadataKey:[null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,null,[1,null,1]]\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-container ng-tns-c4233188246-289\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"carousel-content ng-tns-c4233188246-289\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"sources-carousel-source ng-tns-c4233188246-289 hide ng-star-inserted\" data-test-id=\"sources-carousel-source\" _ngcontent-ng-c4233188246=\"\"\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c!----\u003e\u003c!----\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:23\"\u003e\nStyle: Flat Style\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-19:0\"\u003e\nFinish: Textured Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634762555673,"sku":"SKU800071","price":1380.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/4431697010444_.pic.jpg?v=1726539865"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-nissan-navara-2015","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Nissan Navara (MY16-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Nissan Navara NP300's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Nissan Navara NP300's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the NP300 Navara tub (approx 1550mm). Also compatible with the Pro-4X and Warrior factory variants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Nissan Navara NP300 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634762948889,"sku":"SKU800086","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11781728363050_.pic.jpg?v=1728364325"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-for-toyota-hilux-2015","title":"Manual Roller Shutter For Toyota Hilux","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Toyota Hilux's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Toyota Hilux's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Toyota Hilux Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the pre-facelift Hilux tub. If you have a 2021+ Hilux with the newer tub rails, please order the MY21+ version.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15–MY20)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Toyota Hilux if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634762981657,"sku":"SKU800089","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11851728364407_.pic.jpg?v=1728364588"},{"product_id":"jeep-wrangler-jl-multi-function-bracket-2019","title":"Jeep Wrangler JL Multi-Function Bracket (MY19-MY24)","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:99\"\u003eMaximize your Jeep Wrangler's storage potential with the NotJust4x4 Universal Mounting Bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:214\"\u003eThis versatile bracket, crafted from durable 304# stainless steel, provides a convenient and secure solution for mounting a variety of essential off-road accessories in your Jeep Wrangler JL (2019+) or JK (4-Door).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:214\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-11:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:141\"\u003e\nCustom Fit: Designed with OEM fittings for a seamless installation on the Jeep Wrangler boot passenger side, with no drilling required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:153\"\u003e\nVersatile Compatibility: Accommodates ARB air compressors, air tanks, CB radios, and second battery systems, maximizing your Jeep's functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:196\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Built from 304# stainless steel for lasting quality, corrosion resistance, and powerful performance, ensuring your accessories are securely mounted on every adventure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-11:0\"\u003e\nSpace Optimization: Cleverly utilizes unused space to keep your gear organized and accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"12:1-12:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"14:1-18:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"14:1-14:55\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JL (2019+) and JK (4-Door)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:36\"\u003e\nMaterial: 304# stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:36\"\u003e\nDimensions: 65cm x 45cm x 35cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-18:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 19kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763178265,"sku":"SKU800076","price":470.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Jeep_Wrangler_JL_Multi-Function_Bracket.jpg?v=1726539807"},{"product_id":"storage-drawer-kit-for-jeep-wrangler-jk-2013","title":"Storage Drawer Kit For Jeep Wrangler JK (MY13-MY18)","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:112\"\u003eConquer clutter and maximize storage in your Jeep Wrangler JK 4-Door with the NotJust4x4 Storage Drawer Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:170\"\u003eThis durable and innovative drawer system is designed to enhance your off-road adventures by providing secure, organized, and easily accessible storage for all your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:170\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-12:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:150\"\u003e\nRugged Construction: Built from robust materials to withstand the demands of off-road travel, ensuring your gear stays protected on any terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:168\"\u003e\nConvenient Access: Features easy-slide lockable drawers for quick and convenient access to your essentials, eliminating the frustration of a cluttered cargo area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:124\"\u003e\nCustom Design: Expertly tailored for Jeep Wrangler JK 4-Door models, ensuring a precise fit and optimal functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:160\"\u003e\nEnhanced Organization: Provides a dedicated space for tools, recovery gear, and other essentials, keeping your Jeep organized and maximizing cargo space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-12:0\"\u003e\nSecure Storage: Keeps your gear secure and prevents it from shifting or bouncing around during off-road adventures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"13:1-13:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"15:1-18:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:38\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JK 4-Door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:36\"\u003e\nDimensions: 90cm x 40cm x 40cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-18:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 25kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763211033,"sku":"SKU800115","price":1500.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5361700819735_.pic.jpg?v=1726539820"},{"product_id":"hard-lid-for-toyota-hilux","title":"Hard Lid For Toyota Hilux","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransform your Toyota Hilux's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers security, weather protection, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is engineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality aluminium with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a multi-point rubber sealing system that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between side windows (better visibility + ventilation) or solid sides (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The canopy mounts to your tub's drip rails with no drilling required. Includes all mounting hardware and a detailed installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features integrated roof mounting tracks along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). Note: If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my Toyota Hilux?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy has a rear door (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you security, weather protection, and peace of mind — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763473177,"sku":"SKU800064","price":1088.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_5614-1_93a828a2-b418-4bb2-8373-378e72c68b88.png?v=1726540062"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-gwm-cannon-2019","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe GWM Cannon has a unique tub width (approx 1562mm). This shutter is engineered to the exact Cannon tub dimensions, including the Alpha variant with the factory tub liner.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763571481,"sku":"SKU800050","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/48da135a1b792205b9b87779d5b84b89.jpg?v=1764056097"},{"product_id":"aluminium-flat-platform-roof-rack-for-mitsubishi-pajero-2000-x-1250-mm","title":"Aluminium Flat Platform Roof Rack For Mitsubishi Pajero","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763604249,"sku":"SKU800001","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/1212.png?v=1726540159"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-steel-winch-plate-for-jeep-gladiator-2019","title":"Heavy Duty Steel Winch Plate For Jeep Gladiator (MY19-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe winch plate is made from heavy-duty 1\/4\" thick steel and is specifically designed for easy installation on the front bumper of a Jeep without the need for any drilling, cutting, or modifications. The only challenging aspect is deciding on the specific winch model you prefer. The cleverly recessed design ensures that the winch is placed in a way that does not obstruct airflow and leaves the grille unaffected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e- Compatible with various winch models, including WARN ZEON, ZEON Platinum, VR, M8, XD9, and Mopar Rubicon winches.\u003cbr\u003e- Engineered and certified to withstand 12,000 lb pulls, ensuring reliable and robust performance.\u003cbr\u003e- Winch placement optimizes airflow and ensures there is no interference with the grille.\u003cbr\u003e- Built using strong 1\/4\"-thick steel material for durability and resilience.\u003cbr\u003e- Simple installation process that requires no cutting, grinding, or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDimensions: 95x30x23cm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWeigh: 13kg\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763637017,"sku":"SKU800065","price":350.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Heavy-Duty-Steel-Winch-Plate-For-Jeep-Gladiator.png?v=1726539891"},{"product_id":"aluminum-tub-canopy-for-gwm-cannon-2019","title":"Aluminum Tub Canopy For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003eTransform your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's tub with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure storage for thousands of dollars of tools, a camper packing for a week in the High Country, or someone who just wants their ute to look as tough as it drives — this canopy delivers security, weather protection, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike generic canopies that leak, rattle, or just don't fit your tub's contours — ours is engineered specifically for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're caught in a Melbourne storm.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Canopy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aluminium Construction (Lightweight, Strong, No Rust)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality aluminium with a durable powder-coat finish. Aluminium is naturally corrosion-resistant (unlike steel), lightweight (won't affect your payload), and incredibly strong. The powder-coat finish protects against stone chips, UV damage, and scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Weather Protection That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features a multi-point rubber sealing system that keeps rain, dust, and mud out of your tub. Tested in Australian conditions — from outback dust storms to Melbourne's sideways rain. Your gear stays dry and clean, whether it's a $3,000 tool kit or your weekend camping gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Optional Side Windows or Solid Sides\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eChoose between side windows (better visibility + ventilation) or solid sides (maximum security + privacy). Both options are available — let us know your preference when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment (No Compromises)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Integrated Roof Racks (Mount Anything on Top)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy features integrated roof mounting tracks along the top — allowing you to fit a roof rack, roof platform, or sports bar on top of the canopy. Carry a rooftop tent, kayaks, or ladders while keeping your tub secure below. It's the ultimate dual-purpose setup.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eSide Windows\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNo (solid sides)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eRoof Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e80kg (distributed load on roof tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent — multi-point rubber seal system\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~65–80 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe canopy comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need to drill into your tub's drip rails (template included). Note: If you're not confident with a drill, Option 2 is strongly recommended — a poorly installed canopy will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your canopy professionally installed, sealed, and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The canopy's integrated roof tracks are rated for 80kg distributed load. Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. You'll need to buy a separate roof rack or platform to mount on the tracks — we sell those too.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the canopy come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I paint the canopy to match my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy comes in a durable black powder-coat finish that looks great on any ute colour. While it can be painted, we recommend keeping it black — it's low-maintenance and hides scratches better. If you really want a colour match, any automotive paint shop can do it, but it'll add cost and potential chipping over time.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I access my tub with the canopy installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The canopy has a rear door (or side-access options) that opens like a regular door. You can also open your tub's tailgate independently. Access is easy — no more climbing over the tub rails to reach your gear.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Tub Canopy gives you security, weather protection, and peace of mind — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763702553,"sku":"SKU800030","price":2399.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/d79fa5f3c1c931b9f452792c9a6427e1.jpg?v=1764042512"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-toyota-hilux-2015","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Toyota Hilux (MY16-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Toyota Hilux's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Toyota Hilux's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Toyota Hilux Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the pre-facelift Hilux tub. If you have a 2021+ Hilux with the newer tub rails, please order the MY21+ version.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15–MY20))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15–MY20)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Toyota Hilux if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634763735321,"sku":"SKU800054","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11721728359979_.pic.jpg?v=1728360025"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-ford-ranger-2018","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY26)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Ford Ranger Next-Gen's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger Next-Gen Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Ford Ranger Next-Gen's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger Next-Gen Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for the Next-Gen Ranger's wider tub (1549mm). Confirmed compatible with XL, XLS, XLT, Sport, Wildtrak, and Raptor tubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger Next-Gen (MY22–MY26)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Ford Ranger Next-Gen if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764226841,"sku":"SKU800048","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/4781698829538_.pic.jpg?v=1726540035"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-nissan-navara-2015","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Nissan Navara","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Nissan Navara NP300's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Nissan Navara NP300's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300 Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the NP300 Navara tub (approx 1550mm). Also compatible with the Pro-4X and Warrior factory variants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (MY15–MY24)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Nissan Navara NP300 if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764456217,"sku":"SKU800052","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11601728358938_.pic.jpg?v=1746687955"},{"product_id":"electric-roller-shutter-for-jeep-jt-2019","title":"Electric Roller Shutter For Jeep JT","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Universal Ute Fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Universal Ute Fitment's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Universal Ute Fitment Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Universal Ute Fitment's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Universal Ute Fitment Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis is a universal-fit roller shutter. Please measure your tub inner length and width before ordering. We recommend professional installation for universal models.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Universal Ute Fitment)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUniversal Ute Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Universal Ute Fitment if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764488985,"sku":"SKU800051","price":1590.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/7cb6ee183a099a62cfb7405f5c4c036e.jpg?v=1764033536"},{"product_id":"manual-roller-shutter-ute-for-mitsubishi-triton-mr-mq-2015","title":"Manual Roller Shutter Ute For Mitsubishi Triton MR\/MQ (MY18-MY22)","description":"\u003cp\u003eSecure your tub with the NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter—engineered specifically for the Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e protecting thousands of dollars of tools, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or just someone who wants their ute to look as tough as it drives—this roller shutter delivers security, convenience, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal-fit shutters that rattle, leak, or just don't sit right on Mitsubishi Triton's distinctive tub shape—ours is purpose-built. No guesswork, no dodgy modifications, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when the first big Melboune storm hits.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton Owners Choose This Roller Shutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Push-Button Convenience (Because You've Got Better Things to Do)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOpen and close your tub with the press of a button. The included remote control works from up to 20 metres away—handy when your hands are full of gear, or when you're packing up in the rain at a campsite. A full open or close cycle takes roughly 7–10 seconds. No more wrestling with a stiff manual shutter (especially annoying when you're parked on a slope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Security That Actually Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eYour tub is a valuable space—don't leave it exposed. This roller shutter features aluminium slat construction with a built-in locking mechanism that engages automatically when closed. Combined with your Mitsubishi Triton's tub lock, it creates a secure storage space for tools, camping gear, groceries, or that new swag you haven't had a chance to use yet. The shutter sits flush with the tub rails, maintaining the sleek lines of your ute.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Built for Australian Conditions (Not a European Rainforest)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe know what Australian weather throws at you. From scorching 40°C days in Perth to sideways rain in Tasmania, this shutter is tested to handle it. The powder-coated aluminium slats resist corrosion, the stainless steel componentry won't seize up, and the rubber sealing system keeps dust and water out of your tub. Whether you're on a dusty Outback track or a muddy job site in Melbourne's outer east, your gear stays protected.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFits the MQ (2015-2018) with modification, and the MR (2019+) directly. The Triton's narrower tub (approx 1470mm) requires this specific fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Seamless Integration with Your Existing Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAlready running a canopy, roof platform, or sports bar? No problem. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter features integrated mounting tracks along the top rail, allowing you to fit:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Aluminium canopies (tub-mount or rail-mount)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Roof platforms and roof racks (perfect for rooftop tents, kayaks, or ladders)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSports bars and roll bars\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003eYou don't need to choose between security and extra storage—this shutter gives you both.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e6. Smart Safety Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter includes obstacle detection—if something is in the way (a stray shovel, a curious kelpie, or your own elbow), the shutter automatically stops and reverses. Prevents damage to your gear and keeps fingers safe. Also includes a manual override key, so if your 12V system has an issue, you're not stranded with a stuck tub.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton (MQ\/MY19+, MR\/MY20+)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium slats with powder-coated finish (black)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eElectric (12V DC motor) with remote control + manual override key\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eOpen\/Close Time\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~7–10 seconds (full cycle)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWater\/Dust Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eExcellent – multi-point rubber seal system, tested to IPX4 equivalent\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Closed)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eUp to 80kg distributed load on top (when properly supported by mounting tracks)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4; parts only for DIY)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e~38–45 kg (shipped in protective packaging, Australia-wide)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe shutter comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. You'll need to drill mounting holes into your tub rails (marked clearly in the template). Note: DIY installation requires careful measuring—measure twice, drill once. If you're not confident, Option 2 is strongly recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your shutter professionally installed and tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby—Notting Hill has plenty of options.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the shutter ships Australia-wide in custom protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this fit my Mitsubishi Triton if I have a factory tub liner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The mounting brackets are designed to work with or without a factory tub liner. If your tub liner is very thick (aftermarket), you may need to trim it slightly around the mounting points—we include a trimming guide in the installation manual.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I still fit a rooftop tent on top of the shutter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, provided the tent's total weight (plus occupants) doesn't exceed 80kg and is properly distributed across the mounting tracks. Many of our customers run rooftop tents on top of their roller shutter. Just make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our track system (most are).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What happens if someone tries to force the shutter open?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: The aluminium slats are interlocked and the locking mechanism engages automatically when the shutter is closed. Forcing it would require significant effort and would likely damage the slats—making it very obvious to anyone nearby. Combined with your vehicle's alarm (if fitted), this provides excellent deterrence. That said, we always recommend removing high-value items from your tub if leaving the vehicle unattended for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I claim warranty if I have a problem?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Simple—just call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We'll troubleshoot over the phone first (often it's just a remote battery or a fuse). If it needs a part, we'll ship it out. If you had it professionally installed, we'll coordinate with the installer. We're not here to make warranty claims difficult.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the shutter come with a warranty on the motor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes. The electric motor and control box are covered under the same 12-month warranty as the shutter itself. The motor is a high-quality DC unit designed for the cycling demands of daily use. In our experience, motor failure within the first 12 months is extremely rare.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't leave your tub exposed to thieves, weather, or prying eyes. The NotJust4X4 Electric Roller Shutter gives you security, convenience, and peace of mind—all while looking tough enough to match your ute's character.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e  ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764554521,"sku":"SKU800091","price":1150.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/11931728364952_.pic.jpg?v=1728364964"},{"product_id":"jeep-jl-multi-function-tail-gate-bracket","title":"Jeep Wrangler Multi-function Tail Gate Bracket","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:94\"\u003eFly your flag high with the NotJust4x4 Tailgate Hinge Mount for Jeep Wrangler JK \u0026amp; JL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:179\"\u003eThis durable and versatile mount allows you to easily attach a flagpole, beach umbrella, fishing rod, CB antenna, or other accessories to the tailgate hinge of your Jeep Wrangler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:179\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-12:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:135\"\u003e\nBroad Compatibility: Fits Jeep Wrangler JK (2010-2018) and JL (2019-2023) models. Includes different bolt lengths for each model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:132\"\u003e\nVersatile Applications: Provides a secure mounting point for flagpoles, beach umbrellas, fishing rods, CB antennas, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:164\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Made from aluminum alloy with a powder-coated finish for resistance against rust, corrosion, and peeling. Available in black or silver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-10:91\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs quickly and easily with no drilling or cutting required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"11:1-12:0\"\u003e\nSecure Attachment: Features stable grabbing screws to firmly hold your chosen accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"13:1-13:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"15:1-20:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:62\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JK (2010-2018) and JL (2019-2023)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:56\"\u003e\nMaterial: Aluminum alloy with powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:36\"\u003e\nColor Options: Black or Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-18:52\"\u003e\nPackage Dimensions: 36.78cm x 12.19cm x 5.69cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"19:1-20:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":49634764587289,"sku":"SKU800078","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":49634764620057,"sku":"SKU800077","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Untitled_Artwork-6.png?v=1726540085"},{"product_id":"jeep-jk-multi-function-tail-gate-bracket","title":"Jeep JK Multi-function Tail Gate Bracket","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:83\"\u003eShow your colors with the NotJust4x4 Tailgate Hinge Mount for Jeep Wrangler JK.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:194\"\u003eThis durable and versatile mount allows you to easily attach a flagpole, beach umbrella, fishing rod, CB antenna, or other accessories to the tailgate hinge of your Jeep Wrangler JK (2007-2018).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:194\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-11:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:132\"\u003e\nVersatile Applications: Provides a secure mounting point for flagpoles, beach umbrellas, fishing rods, CB antennas, and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:164\"\u003e\nDurable Construction: Made from aluminum alloy with a powder-coated finish for resistance against rust, corrosion, and peeling. Available in black or silver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:133\"\u003e\nEasy Installation: Installs quickly and easily with no drilling or cutting required. Includes the necessary bolts for your JK.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-11:0\"\u003e\nSecure Attachment: Features stable grabbing screws to firmly hold your chosen accessory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"12:1-12:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-sourcepos=\"14:1-19:0\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"14:1-14:43\"\u003e\nFitment: Jeep Wrangler JK (2007-2018)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:56\"\u003e\nMaterial: Aluminum alloy with powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-16:36\"\u003e\nColor Options: Black or Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"17:1-17:52\"\u003e\nPackage Dimensions: 36.78cm x 12.19cm x 5.69cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-sourcepos=\"18:1-19:0\"\u003e\nWeight: 2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":49634764652825,"sku":"SKU800074","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":49634764685593,"sku":"SKU800073","price":138.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Untitled_Artwork-7.png?v=1726540116"},{"product_id":"premium-window-visors-weather-shields-for-toyota-hilux-2015","title":"Premium window visors weather shields For Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium window visors weather shields For Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium 4x4 accessory designed for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24). Built for Australian off-road conditions, this product delivers the durability and performance you need for your next adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Design: Precision-engineered for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDurable Construction: High-quality materials built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nEasy Installation: Includes all necessary mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAustralia-Wide Shipping: Fast delivery from our Melbourne warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose NotJust4x4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialise in premium 4x4 accessories for Australian 4WD enthusiasts. Every product we sell is tested in local conditions because we know what works on Australian tracks. Melbourne-based with fast shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed installation instructions included. Professional installation recommended for complex items. Contact our Melbourne team if you have any questions about fitment or installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this product is designed specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY24). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm exact compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you offer installation services?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eWe can recommend trusted installers in the Melbourne area. Contact us for recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634764718361,"sku":"SKU800099","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture1.jpg?v=1726540125"},{"product_id":"premium-window-visors-weather-shields-for-ford-ranger-2022","title":"Premium window visors weather shields For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium window visors weather shields For Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium 4x4 accessory designed for the Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24). Built for Australian off-road conditions, this product delivers the durability and performance you need for your next adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Design: Precision-engineered for the Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDurable Construction: High-quality materials built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nEasy Installation: Includes all necessary mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAustralia-Wide Shipping: Fast delivery from our Melbourne warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose NotJust4x4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialise in premium 4x4 accessories for Australian 4WD enthusiasts. Every product we sell is tested in local conditions because we know what works on Australian tracks. Melbourne-based with fast shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed installation instructions included. Professional installation recommended for complex items. Contact our Melbourne team if you have any questions about fitment or installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this product is designed specifically for the Ford Ranger (MY22-MY24). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm exact compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you offer installation services?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eWe can recommend trusted installers in the Melbourne area. Contact us for recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765209881,"sku":"SKU800097","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture5_482ed4fb-59b4-4880-aa2c-7e4c32579851.jpg?v=1726540261"},{"product_id":"premium-window-visors-weather-shields-for-navara-np-300-2015","title":"Premium window visors weather shields For Navara Np300 (MY15-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePremium window visors weather shields For Navara Np300 (MY15-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePremium 4x4 accessory designed for the Navara Np. Built for Australian off-road conditions, this product delivers the durability and performance you need for your next adventure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Design: Precision-engineered for the Navara Np.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDurable Construction: High-quality materials built to last.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nEasy Installation: Includes all necessary mounting hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAustralia-Wide Shipping: Fast delivery from our Melbourne warehouse.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Choose NotJust4x4\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe specialise in premium 4x4 accessories for Australian 4WD enthusiasts. Every product we sell is tested in local conditions because we know what works on Australian tracks. Melbourne-based with fast shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDetailed installation instructions included. Professional installation recommended for complex items. Contact our Melbourne team if you have any questions about fitment or installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my Navara Np?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this product is designed specifically for the Navara Np. Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm exact compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo you offer installation services?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eWe can recommend trusted installers in the Melbourne area. Contact us for recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765242649,"sku":"SKU800098","price":129.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture3.jpg?v=1726540268"},{"product_id":"bonnet-protector-for-toyota-hilux-2015","title":"Bonnet protector For Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonnet Protector For Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20) bonnet from stone chips, bugs, and road debris with this custom-fit bonnet protector. Designed specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20), this protector installs easily and stays securely in place without damaging your paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You Need a Bonnet Protector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour bonnet takes a beating on Australian roads. Highway driving kicks up stones. Outback tracks throw gravel. Even insects at 100km\/h can leave permanent marks. A bonnet protector is cheap insurance against costly paint repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom-Fit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Fit: Laser-measured to match your Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20) bonnet contours precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo-Drill Installation: Attaches with automotive-grade double-sided tape (included). No holes, no damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUV-Stable Material: Made from high-quality acrylic that won't yellow or crack under harsh Australian sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAerodynamic Profile: Designed to reduce wind lift at highway speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian roads are tough on vehicles. Our bonnet protectors are tested in real Australian conditions – from outback dust to coastal humidity. The high-clarity acrylic maintains visibility while providing robust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean bonnet edge thoroughly with provided alcohol wipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition protector and mark with masking tape (template included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply automotive-grade tape to protector mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly into position. Avoid washing for 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bonnet protector fit my Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this protector is laser-measured for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-MY20). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. The protector attaches with high-strength automotive tape. No drilling, no damage to your bonnet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765275417,"sku":"SKU800038","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture7.jpg?v=1726540276"},{"product_id":"bonnet-protector-for-toyota-hilux-2021","title":"Bonnet protector For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonnet Protector For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) bonnet from stone chips, bugs, and road debris with this custom-fit bonnet protector. Designed specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24), this protector installs easily and stays securely in place without damaging your paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You Need a Bonnet Protector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour bonnet takes a beating on Australian roads. Highway driving kicks up stones. Outback tracks throw gravel. Even insects at 100km\/h can leave permanent marks. A bonnet protector is cheap insurance against costly paint repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom-Fit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Fit: Laser-measured to match your Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) bonnet contours precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo-Drill Installation: Attaches with automotive-grade double-sided tape (included). No holes, no damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUV-Stable Material: Made from high-quality acrylic that won't yellow or crack under harsh Australian sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAerodynamic Profile: Designed to reduce wind lift at highway speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian roads are tough on vehicles. Our bonnet protectors are tested in real Australian conditions – from outback dust to coastal humidity. The high-clarity acrylic maintains visibility while providing robust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean bonnet edge thoroughly with provided alcohol wipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition protector and mark with masking tape (template included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply automotive-grade tape to protector mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly into position. Avoid washing for 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bonnet protector fit my Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this protector is laser-measured for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. The protector attaches with high-strength automotive tape. No drilling, no damage to your bonnet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765308185,"sku":"SKU800039","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture7_0fee8f4b-76c2-47e0-9216-6e5dc5a3f174.jpg?v=1726540283"},{"product_id":"bonnet-protector-for-ford-ranger-next-gen","title":"Bonnet protector For Ford Ranger (MY22+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonnet Protector For Ford Ranger (MY22+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Ford Ranger (MY22+) bonnet from stone chips, bugs, and road debris with this custom-fit bonnet protector. Designed specifically for the Ford Ranger (MY22+), this protector installs easily and stays securely in place without damaging your paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You Need a Bonnet Protector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour bonnet takes a beating on Australian roads. Highway driving kicks up stones. Outback tracks throw gravel. Even insects at 100km\/h can leave permanent marks. A bonnet protector is cheap insurance against costly paint repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom-Fit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Fit: Laser-measured to match your Ford Ranger (MY22+) bonnet contours precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo-Drill Installation: Attaches with automotive-grade double-sided tape (included). No holes, no damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUV-Stable Material: Made from high-quality acrylic that won't yellow or crack under harsh Australian sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAerodynamic Profile: Designed to reduce wind lift at highway speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian roads are tough on vehicles. Our bonnet protectors are tested in real Australian conditions – from outback dust to coastal humidity. The high-clarity acrylic maintains visibility while providing robust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean bonnet edge thoroughly with provided alcohol wipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition protector and mark with masking tape (template included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply automotive-grade tape to protector mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly into position. Avoid washing for 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bonnet protector fit my Ford Ranger (MY22+)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this protector is laser-measured for the Ford Ranger (MY22+). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. The protector attaches with high-strength automotive tape. No drilling, no damage to your bonnet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765406489,"sku":"SKU800036","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12331729492725_.pic.jpg?v=1729492766"},{"product_id":"bonnet-protector-for-navara-2021","title":"Bonnet protector For Navara (MY21-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBonnet Protector For Navara (MY21-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProtect your Navara (MY21-MY24) bonnet from stone chips, bugs, and road debris with this custom-fit bonnet protector. Designed specifically for the Navara (MY21-MY24), this protector installs easily and stays securely in place without damaging your paintwork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy You Need a Bonnet Protector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYour bonnet takes a beating on Australian roads. Highway driving kicks up stones. Outback tracks throw gravel. Even insects at 100km\/h can leave permanent marks. A bonnet protector is cheap insurance against costly paint repairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCustom-Fit Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nVehicle-Specific Fit: Laser-measured to match your Navara (MY21-MY24) bonnet contours precisely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo-Drill Installation: Attaches with automotive-grade double-sided tape (included). No holes, no damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nUV-Stable Material: Made from high-quality acrylic that won't yellow or crack under harsh Australian sun.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nAerodynamic Profile: Designed to reduce wind lift at highway speeds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Australian Conditions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAustralian roads are tough on vehicles. Our bonnet protectors are tested in real Australian conditions – from outback dust to coastal humidity. The high-clarity acrylic maintains visibility while providing robust protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Guide\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean bonnet edge thoroughly with provided alcohol wipe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition protector and mark with masking tape (template included).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApply automotive-grade tape to protector mounting points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress firmly into position. Avoid washing for 24 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this bonnet protector fit my Navara (MY21-MY24)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – this protector is laser-measured for the Navara (MY21-MY24). Check your vehicle year in the product title to confirm compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. The protector attaches with high-strength automotive tape. No drilling, no damage to your bonnet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765439257,"sku":"SKU800037","price":79.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/12331729492725_.pic.jpg?v=1729492766"},{"product_id":"fender-flares-extension-for-toyota-hilux-2021","title":"Fender Flares Extension For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFender Flares For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive your Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) aggressive off-road styling while adding practical wheel coverage. These fender flares are designed specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24), providing extra clearance for larger tyres and protecting your paint from rocks and mud thrown up by your wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Fitment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nOEM-Grade Fit: Laser-measured to match factory wheel arch dimensions exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDurable ABS Material: High-impact ABS plastic resists cracking and fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTextured Matte Finish: UV-stable coating that matches factory trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo Cutting Required: Bolts to existing factory holes (drilling may be required for some models).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Upgrade Your Fender Flares?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're running larger tyres, stock flares may not provide adequate coverage – which is illegal in many states. These flares add the extra width you need to stay compliant while giving your 4WD a tougher look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove existing flares (if equipped).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest-fit new flares and mark drilling points (if required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill holes and secure with provided stainless steel bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal edges with provided weatherstrip to prevent water ingress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these flares require painting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. They come in a textured matte black finish that matches most factory trims. They can be painted to match your vehicle if desired (painting not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit with my upgraded suspension?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – these flares are designed for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) body, regardless of suspension lift. They provide extra clearance for larger tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765472025,"sku":"SKU800056","price":359.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture13_c4f12ec5-9253-4683-abc6-4e37112bc4d6.jpg?v=1726540141"},{"product_id":"fender-flares-oem-design-for-toyota-hilux-2021","title":"Fender Flares OEM Design For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFender Flares For Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGive your Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) aggressive off-road styling while adding practical wheel coverage. These fender flares are designed specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24), providing extra clearance for larger tyres and protecting your paint from rocks and mud thrown up by your wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision Fitment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nOEM-Grade Fit: Laser-measured to match factory wheel arch dimensions exactly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nDurable ABS Material: High-impact ABS plastic resists cracking and fading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nTextured Matte Finish: UV-stable coating that matches factory trim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\nNo Cutting Required: Bolts to existing factory holes (drilling may be required for some models).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Upgrade Your Fender Flares?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you're running larger tyres, stock flares may not provide adequate coverage – which is illegal in many states. These flares add the extra width you need to stay compliant while giving your 4WD a tougher look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove existing flares (if equipped).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest-fit new flares and mark drilling points (if required).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill holes and secure with provided stainless steel bolts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeal edges with provided weatherstrip to prevent water ingress.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping: In stock. Ships from Melbourne within 1-2 business days. Australia-wide delivery available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty: 12-month warranty against manufacturing defects. Proof of purchase required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/FAQPage\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo these flares require painting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eNo. They come in a textured matte black finish that matches most factory trims. They can be painted to match your vehicle if desired (painting not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"mainEntity\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Question\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these fit with my upgraded suspension?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv itemprop=\"acceptedAnswer\" itemscope itemtype=\"https:\/\/schema.org\/Answer\"\u003e\n\u003cp itemprop=\"text\"\u003eYes – these flares are designed for the Toyota Hilux (MY21-MY24) body, regardless of suspension lift. They provide extra clearance for larger tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765504793,"sku":"SKU800057","price":359.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/Picture15.jpg?v=1726540145"},{"product_id":"snorkel-suit-for-toyota-landcruiser-lc-200-2008","title":"Snorkel For Toyota Landcruiser LC200 (MY08-MY23)","description":"\u003cp data-sourcepos=\"1:1-1:104\"\u003eUnleash your Toyota LandCruiser LC200's (2008-2023) full potential with the NotJust4x4 Snorkel Kit.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:151\"\u003eThis Australian-engineered snorkel kit delivers superior engine protection and enhanced airflow, empowering your LC200 to conquer challenging terrains.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"3:1-3:151\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"5:1-5:17\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul data-sourcepos=\"7:1-11:0\"\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"7:1-7:202\"\u003e Elevated Air Intake: Safeguards your engine from dust, water, and debris by relocating the air intake to a higher position, allowing for confident water crossings and driving in dusty conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"8:1-8:147\"\u003e Enhanced Airflow: Increases airflow to your engine for improved performance and efficiency, crucial when tackling demanding off-road trails.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"9:1-9:162\"\u003e Water Separation: Features a water-separating air ram design to filter out water from the airstream, ensuring clean, dry air intake even in wet conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"10:1-11:0\"\u003e Durable Construction: Made from UV-protected ABS plastic for long-lasting performance and resilience against harsh Australian weather.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp data-sourcepos=\"12:1-12:19\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul data-sourcepos=\"14:1-17:0\"\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"14:1-14:51\"\u003e Fitment: Toyota LandCruiser LC200 (2008-2023)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"15:1-15:40\"\u003e Material: UV-protected ABS plastic\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli data-sourcepos=\"16:1-17:0\"\u003e Color: Black\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634765898009,"sku":"SKU800111","price":239.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/IMG_2139-2.jpg?v=1726540322"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-gwm-cannon","title":"Roof Cross Bars For GWM Cannon","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Cannon Alpha has factory roof rails. The base Cannon may require aftermarket cross-bars.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eGWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha (2020–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. It mounts to your vehicle's factory roof rails. Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your GWM Cannon \/ Cannon Alpha.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767733017,"sku":"SKU800101","price":355.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_eecfe90a-b344-49a6-b16e-f3c270d400b8.png?v=1726540234"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-toyota-hilux","title":"Roof Cross Bars For TOYOTA HILUX","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Toyota Hilux's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Toyota Hilux's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767765785,"sku":"SKU800105","price":355.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_25eab10e-4df2-4b67-a2b8-5336433d74fb.png?v=1726540253"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-nissan-navara","title":"Roof Cross Bars For NISSAN NAVARA","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Nissan Navara NP300's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Nissan Navara NP300. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Nissan Navara NP300's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Nissan Navara NP300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767798553,"sku":"SKU800104","price":355.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_aff01a6a-125c-460f-b6da-3a289e0f59d5.png?v=1726540274"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-ford-ranger","title":"Roof Cross Bars For FORD RANGER","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Ford Ranger PX3's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Ford Ranger PX3 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Ford Ranger PX3-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Ford Ranger PX3 (MY15-21))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFord Ranger PX3 (MY15-21) (2015–2021)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Ford Ranger PX3's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Ford Ranger PX3.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767864089,"sku":"SKU800100","price":375.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_131d631b-c9ca-4f10-936e-a28eb27ff05f.png?v=1726540291"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-mitsubishi-triton","title":"Roof Cross Bars For MITSUBISHI TRITON","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767896857,"sku":"SKU800103","price":355.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_168061b5-0876-46b4-9733-f388e67df753.png?v=1726540419"},{"product_id":"universal-roof-rack-for-ldv","title":"Roof Cross Bars For LDV T60","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your LDV T60 \/ T70's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the LDV T60 \/ T70. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy LDV T60 \/ T70 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. LDV T60 \/ T70-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the LDV T60 \/ T70. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (LDV T60 \/ T70)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLDV T60 \/ T70 (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my LDV T60 \/ T70's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your LDV T60 \/ T70.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634767929625,"sku":"SKU800102","price":355.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/WechatIMG23097_13259603-39c8-42f7-88e6-a6da1ce2bc9c.png?v=1726540443"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-toyota-hilux-onwards-with-legs","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for Toyota Hilux MY15-onwards ( With Legs )","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Toyota Hilux's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Toyota Hilux Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Toyota Hilux-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Toyota Hilux (MY15-20). The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Toyota Hilux (MY15-20))\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eToyota Hilux (MY15-20) (2015–2020)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Toyota Hilux's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Toyota Hilux.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769535257,"sku":"SKU800013","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_26eccfb9-7929-46c5-b72d-c56f3d5d7017.jpg?v=1726540471"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-nissan-navara-with-general-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for NISSAN NAVARA (With General Rails)","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Nissan Navara NP300's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Nissan Navara NP300. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Nissan Navara NP300 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Nissan Navara NP300-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the Nissan Navara NP300. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Nissan Navara NP300)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eNissan Navara NP300 (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Nissan Navara NP300's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Nissan Navara NP300.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769568025,"sku":"SKU800011","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_455f63a7-a92e-4ef0-91e7-debb24b029d8.jpg?v=1726540496"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-ldv","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for LDV T60 (MY18+)","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your LDV T60 \/ T70's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the LDV T60 \/ T70. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy LDV T60 \/ T70 Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. LDV T60 \/ T70-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEngineered specifically for the LDV T60 \/ T70. The mounting system attaches to your vehicle's roof rails or gutter channels with no drilling required.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (LDV T60 \/ T70)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLDV T60 \/ T70 (2018–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my LDV T60 \/ T70's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your LDV T60 \/ T70.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769699097,"sku":"SKU800008","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_38d03279-573c-441b-954b-648090a2ca5c.jpg?v=1726540540"},{"product_id":"aluminium-roof-platform-fits-for-mitsubishi-triton-with-rails","title":"Aluminium Roof Platform for MITSUBISHI TRITON（With Backbone）","description":"\u003cp\u003eExpand your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's carrying capacity with the NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWhether you're a Melbourne \u003cem\u003etradie\u003c\/em\u003e needing secure roof storage for ladders and lumber, a weekend warrior packing for a High Country trip, or a family heading to the snow—this roof platform delivers heavy-duty load capacity, aerodynamics, and .\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUnlike universal roof racks that whistle at 80km\/h and struggle with wide loads, ours is configured for the Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR. No guesswork, no compromise, and no \"she'll be right\" moments when you're 200km from the nearest town.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR Owners Choose This Roof Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e1. Aerodynamic Design (Save Fuel, Reduce Noise)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOur low-profile platform is aerodynamically shaped to reduce wind drag and noise. Independent testing shows up to 15% fuel saving compared to traditional square-section roof racks at highway speeds. That means more money in your pocket and less fatigue on long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2. Heavy-Duty Load Capacity (Tested to 100kg+)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is constructed from high-grade aluminium slats with reinforced cross-members. Static load capacity: 100kg+ (distributed). Perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e Rooftop tents (most weigh 50-70kg — well within capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eKayaks, surfboards, and paddleboards\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e Ladders, timber, and job-site gear (tradies love this)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBicycle racks and cargo boxes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3. Easy Loading with Integrated Tie-Down Points\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform features multiple integrated tie-down points along the perimeter and centre. No more fumbling with bungee cords or makeshift tie-downs. The rubberised load surface prevents gear from sliding and protects your gear from scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4. Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR-Specific Fitment You Can Trust\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Triton MQ (2015-18) and MR (2019+) have different roof rail spacing — this platform fits both with adjustable mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5. Powder-Coated Finish (Built for Australian Conditions)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe platform is finished in a durable black powder-coat that resists chips, scratches, and corrosion. From Melbourne's salt air to Outback dust storms, this platform is built to last. The aluminium construction means no rust, ever—unlike cheap steel alternatives that start rusting within 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications (Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003ctable border=\"1\" cellpadding=\"8\" cellspacing=\"0\"\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Vehicles\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR (2015–2024)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlatform Size\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e2000mm x 1250mm (custom sizes available on request)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eHigh-grade aluminium with zinc-coated steel brackets\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Static)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e100kg+ (distributed load)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Dynamic)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e75kg (while driving — check your vehicle's roof load limit)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003eBlack powder-coat (UV-resistant)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e3–5 hours DIY \/ 1–2 hours professional (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e \u003ctd\u003e12 months (parts + labour if installed by NotJust4X4)\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation: What to Expect\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 1: DIY Installation (Approx. 3–5 Hours)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e The platform comes with a detailed installation manual and all required mounting hardware. You'll need aftermarket cross-bars (sold separately). Basic tools needed: drill, rivet gun, screwdriver, measuring tape. Measure twice, drill once — we include a drilling template. \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOption 2: Professional Installation at NotJust4X4 (Notting Hill, Melbourne)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eWe're based in Notting Hill, Melbourne, and our experienced team can have your roof platform professionally installed and load-tested in 1–2 hours. You get peace of mind knowing it's done right, plus your warranty covers labour. While you wait, check out our showroom or grab a coffee nearby.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNot in Melbourne? No worries—the platform ships Australia-wide in protective packaging. We can also recommend certified installers in most major cities.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will this affect my Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR's fuel consumption?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Any roof-mounted accessory will impact fuel economy. Our aerodynamic design minimises drag—expect 1-3L\/100km extra depending on speed and load. Removing the platform when not in use will maximise fuel efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I fit a rooftop tent on this platform?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Absolutely. The platform is rated for 100kg static load (parked). Most rooftop tents (50-70kg) fit comfortably. Make sure your tent's mounting feet are compatible with our slat spacing (75mm centres) — most are.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the platform come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: Yes, 12 months on materials and workmanship. If you choose our professional installation, the warranty covers both parts and labour. We're a Melbourne-based business — if something goes wrong, we fix it.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What's the difference between this and a traditional roof rack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA: A traditional roof rack has narrow bars (usually 2-3) — gear can slip between them. A platform gives you a continuous flat surface — easier to load awkward items (plywood, ladders, rooftop tents). It also looks tougher and is more stable at high speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003chr\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOrder Yours Today\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eDon't let a lack of roof space limit your adventures. The NotJust4X4 Aluminium Roof Platform gives you secure, aerodynamic, heavy-duty carrying capacity — engineered specifically for your Mitsubishi Triton MQ\/MR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReady to order? Have questions? Call our Melbourne team on \u003ca href=\"tel:+61431097888\"\u003e0431 097 888\u003c\/a\u003e or email \u003ca href=\"mailto:info@notjust4x4.com\"\u003einfo@notjust4x4.com\u003c\/a\u003e. We're here to help.\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"NotJust4X4","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49634769830169,"sku":"SKU800009","price":899.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0894\/1024\/0793\/files\/5381700873366_.pic_d3182be8-ce5e-468e-af3b-aba31bc67043.jpg?v=1726540376"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.notjust4x4.com.au\/collections\/all-products.oembed?page=4","provider":"NotJust4X4","version":"1.0","type":"link"}